blob: ee72ea5ec8610c7336167fc390f024723e03bfd3 [file] [log] [blame]
Thomas Gleixnerd2912cb2019-06-04 10:11:33 +02001/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04003 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
4 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
6 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02007 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03008 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03009 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +020010 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2020 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070011 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050016#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070017#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070021#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020022#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030023#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020024#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070025
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040026/**
27 * DOC: Introduction
28 *
29 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
30 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
31 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
32 * drivers.
33 */
34
35/**
36 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
37 *
38 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070039 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
40 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
41 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010042 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
43 * tasklet function.
44 *
45 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070046 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070047 */
48
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040049/**
50 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070051 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
53 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
54 */
55
56/**
57 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070058 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040059 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
60 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
61 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
62 * hardware.
63 *
64 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
65 *
66 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
67 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
68 *
69 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
70 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070071 */
72
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020073/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040074 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
75 *
76 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
77 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
78 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
79 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
80 *
81 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
82 * suspend.
83 *
84 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
85 *
86 */
87
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010088/**
89 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
90 *
91 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
92 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
93 * between different stations/interfaces.
94 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
95 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
96 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
97 *
98 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
99 * driver operation.
100 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300101 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
102 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
103 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
109 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
110 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
113 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
114 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
115 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
116 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100117 *
118 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
119 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
120 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
121 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
122 * .release_buffered_frames().
123 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
124 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
125 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
126 */
127
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500128struct device;
129
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400130/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200131 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
132 *
133 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100134 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200135 */
136enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200137 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100138 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200139};
140
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200141#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
142
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200143/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800144 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
146 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
147 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
149 */
150enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
151 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
152 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
153 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
154 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
155};
156
157/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400158 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
159 *
160 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100161 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400162 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400163 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200164 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
165 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400166 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100167 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300168 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200169 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300170 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
171 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400172 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700173struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200174 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100175 u16 cw_min;
176 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300178 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200179 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300180 bool mu_edca;
181 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700182};
183
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700184struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
185 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
186 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
187 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
188 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
189};
190
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100191/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200192 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
197 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200199 */
200enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100203 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200206};
207
208/**
209 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
210 *
211 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
212 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
213 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100214 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200215 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200216 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
217 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
218 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
219 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100220 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100221 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200222 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
223 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
224 */
225struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100226 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200227 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200228
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200229 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
230
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100231 bool radar_enabled;
232
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -0500233 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200234};
235
236/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300237 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
239 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
240 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
242 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
243 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
244 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
245 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
246 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
247 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
248 * for changes/removal.)
249 */
250enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
251 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
252 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
253};
254
255/**
256 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
257 *
258 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
259 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
260 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
261 * done.
262 *
263 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
264 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
265 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
266 */
267struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
269 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
270 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
271};
272
273/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100274 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
275 *
276 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
277 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
278 *
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
280 * also implies a change in the AID.
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300283 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700284 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
288 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
290 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
291 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
292 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200293 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300295 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
297 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200298 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200300 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300301 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100303 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200304 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300305 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
306 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100307 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
308 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
309 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300312 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
313 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +1300315 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700316 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200317 * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200318 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100319 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR: BSS Color has changed
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000320 * @BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY: FILS discovery status changed.
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000321 * @BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
322 * status changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700323 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100324 */
325enum ieee80211_bss_change {
326 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
327 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
328 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300329 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200331 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
334 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
335 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200339 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200340 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300341 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200342 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300343 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200344 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100345 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300346 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100347 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100348 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200349 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300350 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700351 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700352 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200353 BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27,
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200354 BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD = 1<<28,
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100355 BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR = 1<<29,
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000356 BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY = 1<<30,
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000357 BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<31,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200358
359 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100360};
361
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300362/*
363 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
364 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
365 * filtering will be disabled.
366 */
367#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
368
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100369/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200370 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
371 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200372 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300373 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300374 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
375 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
376 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700377 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200378enum ieee80211_event_type {
379 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200380 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300381 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300382 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200383};
384
385/**
386 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
387 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
388 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
389 */
390enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700391 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
392 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
393};
394
395/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200396 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200397 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
398 */
399struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
400 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
401};
402
403/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200404 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
405 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200406 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200407 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
408 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200409 */
410enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
411 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200412 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200413 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
414 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200415};
416
417/**
418 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
419 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
420 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
421 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
422 */
423enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
424 MLME_SUCCESS,
425 MLME_DENIED,
426 MLME_TIMEOUT,
427};
428
429/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200430 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200431 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
432 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
433 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
434 */
435struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
436 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
437 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
438 u16 reason;
439};
440
441/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300442 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
443 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
444 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300445 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300446 */
447struct ieee80211_ba_event {
448 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
449 u16 tid;
450 u16 ssn;
451};
452
453/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200454 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200455 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200456 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200457 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300458 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300459 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200460 */
461struct ieee80211_event {
462 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
463 union {
464 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200465 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300466 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200467 } u;
468};
469
470/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200471 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
472 *
473 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
474 *
475 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
476 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
477 */
478struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
479 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
480 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
481};
482
483/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800484 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700485 *
486 * @lci: LCI subelement content
487 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
488 * @lci_len: LCI data length
489 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
490 */
491struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
492 const u8 *lci;
493 const u8 *civicloc;
494 size_t lci_len;
495 size_t civicloc_len;
496};
497
498/**
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000499 * struct ieee80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
500 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
501 *
502 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
503 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
504 */
505struct ieee80211_fils_discovery {
506 u32 min_interval;
507 u32 max_interval;
508};
509
510/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100511 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
512 *
513 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
514 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
515 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300516 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
517 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
518 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
519 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
520 * ACK, BACK or both
521 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
522 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
523 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200524 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
525 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200526 * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
527 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200528 * @twt_protected: does this BSS support protected TWT frames
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100529 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200530 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
531 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530532 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100533 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
534 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200535 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
536 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100537 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200538 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300539 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200540 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100541 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
542 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
543 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
544 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200545 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200546 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
547 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200548 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100549 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
550 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200551 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
552 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
553 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700554 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800555 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200556 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
557 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
558 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300559 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100560 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200561 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
562 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100563 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
564 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200565 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100566 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300567 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
568 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
569 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200570 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200571 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
572 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
573 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100574 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
575 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
576 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
577 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200578 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300579 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
580 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
581 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
582 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100583 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
584 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
585 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200586 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200587 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
588 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
589 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300590 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
591 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200592 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300593 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
594 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Ben Greeardb6d9e92019-12-17 10:30:57 -0800595 * @txpower: TX power in dBm. INT_MIN means not configured.
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100596 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
597 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
598 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
599 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
600 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
601 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100602 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200603 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
604 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
605 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300606 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
607 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
608 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
609 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
610 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
611 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
612 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700613 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
614 * responder functionality.
615 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200616 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
617 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
618 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
619 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
620 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
621 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
622 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
623 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu70debba2020-10-20 11:31:08 -0700624 * @he_oper: HE operation information of the BSS (AP/Mesh) or of the AP we are
625 * connected to (STA)
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200626 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100627 * @he_bss_color: BSS coloring settings, if BSS supports HE
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000628 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery configuration
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000629 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
630 * interval.
Thomas Pedersen1d00ce82020-09-21 19:28:15 -0700631 * @s1g: BSS is S1G BSS (affects Association Request format).
Rajkumar Manoharanba6ff702020-10-03 15:04:18 -0700632 * @beacon_tx_rate: The configured beacon transmit rate that needs to be passed
633 * to driver when rate control is offloaded to firmware.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100634 */
635struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200636 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300637 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
638 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
639 bool uora_exists;
640 bool ack_enabled;
641 u8 uora_ocw_range;
642 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
643 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200644 bool twt_requester;
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200645 bool twt_responder;
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200646 bool twt_protected;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100647 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200648 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530649 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100650 u16 aid;
651 /* erp related data */
652 bool use_cts_prot;
653 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300654 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200655 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800656 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700657 u16 beacon_int;
658 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200659 u64 sync_tsf;
660 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100661 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100662 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300663 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200664 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200665 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200666 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
667 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100668 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
669 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100670 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200671 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300672 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100673 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200674 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200675 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300676 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300677 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
678 size_t ssid_len;
679 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200680 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100681 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100682 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200683 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300684 u16 max_idle_period;
685 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700686 bool ftm_responder;
687 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200688 /* Multiple BSSID data */
689 bool nontransmitted;
690 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
691 u8 bssid_index;
692 u8 bssid_indicator;
693 bool ema_ap;
694 u8 profile_periodicity;
Rajkumar Manoharan60689de2020-04-24 15:41:39 -0700695 struct {
696 u32 params;
697 u16 nss_set;
698 } he_oper;
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200699 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100700 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000701 struct ieee80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000702 u32 unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval;
Thomas Pedersen1d00ce82020-09-21 19:28:15 -0700703 bool s1g;
Rajkumar Manoharanba6ff702020-10-03 15:04:18 -0700704 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_tx_rate;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100705};
706
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800707/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200708 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800709 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700710 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800711 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100712 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200713 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
714 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
715 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
716 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
717 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
718 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
719 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
720 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
721 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
722 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
723 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200724 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200725 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
726 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200727 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200728 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
729 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200730 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200731 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200732 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
733 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
734 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
735 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
736 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
737 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
738 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
739 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200740 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
741 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
742 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300743 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
744 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200745 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
746 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
747 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600748 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
749 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
750 * off-channel operation.
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200751 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP: This frame uses hardware encapsulation
752 * (header conversion)
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200753 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
754 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200755 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
756 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100757 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
758 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
759 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200760 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
761 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
762 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
763 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100764 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
765 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
766 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100767 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
768 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
769 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200770 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
771 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
772 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400773 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200774 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
775 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100776 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
777 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
778 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
779 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200780 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
781 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
782 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530783 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
784 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
785 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200786 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
787 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
788 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200789 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
790 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530791 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
792 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
793 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200794 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
795 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
796 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530797 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
798 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
799 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
800 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
801 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200802 *
803 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
804 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800805 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200806enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200807 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200808 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
809 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
810 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
811 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
812 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
813 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
814 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
815 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
816 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
817 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
818 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
819 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600820 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200821 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200822 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200823 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100824 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200825 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100826 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100827 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200828 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400829 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200830 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100831 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200832 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530833 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200834 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530835 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200836 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530837 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200838};
839
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200840#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
841
Thomas Pedersen1821f8b2020-09-21 19:28:12 -0700842#define IEEE80211_TX_RC_S1G_MCS IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS
843
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200844/**
845 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
846 *
847 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
848 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530849 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
850 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100851 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100852 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200853 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700854 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200855 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
856 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
857 * it can be sent out.
Mathy Vanhoefe02281e2020-07-23 14:01:49 +0400858 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO: Do not overwrite the sequence number that
859 * has already been assigned to this frame.
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200860 *
861 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
862 */
863enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
864 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530865 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100866 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100867 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200868 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700869 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200870 IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(6),
Mathy Vanhoefe02281e2020-07-23 14:01:49 +0400871 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO = BIT(7),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200872};
873
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200874/*
875 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
876 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
877 */
878#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
879 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
880 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
881 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
882 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100883 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200884 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200885 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200886
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530887/**
888 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
889 * Rate Control algorithm.
890 *
891 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
892 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
893 *
894 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
895 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
896 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
897 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
898 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100899 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
900 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530901 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
902 * Greenfield mode.
903 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100904 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
905 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
906 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530907 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
908 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
909 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
910 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
911 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200912enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
913 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
914 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
915 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
916
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100917 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200918 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
919 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
920 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
921 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
922 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100923 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
924 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
925 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800926};
927
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200928
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200929/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
930#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200931
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200932/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
933#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
934
935/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200936#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200937
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200938/* maximum number of rate table entries */
939#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
940
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200941/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200942 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200943 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200944 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
945 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200946 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200947 *
948 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
949 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
950 *
951 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
952 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200953 *
954 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
955 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
956 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
957 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300958 * information::
959 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200960 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300961 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200962 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
963 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
964 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
965 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300966 * information should then contain::
967 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200968 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300969 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200970 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
971 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200972 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200973struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
974 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100975 u16 count:5,
976 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000977} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200978
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100979#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
980
981static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
982 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
983{
984 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200985 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
986 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100987}
988
989static inline u8
990ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
991{
992 return rate->idx & 0xF;
993}
994
995static inline u8
996ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
997{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200998 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100999}
1000
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001001/**
1002 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001003 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001004 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
1005 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
1006 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
1007 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
1008 *
1009 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001010 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001011 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01001012 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen6912dae2019-10-23 11:59:00 +02001013 * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001014 * @control: union part for control data
1015 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
1016 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
1017 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
1018 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
1019 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
1020 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
1021 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
1022 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
1023 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
1024 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
1025 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
1026 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
1027 * @pad: padding
1028 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
1029 * @status: union part for status data
1030 * @status.rates: attempted rates
1031 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
1032 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
1033 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
1034 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
Felix Fietkauc74114d2020-09-08 14:36:55 +02001035 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission; note this is only
1036 * used for WMM AC, not for airtime fairness
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001037 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
1038 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
1039 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
1040 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07001041 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001042 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001043 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001044 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001045 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001046 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001047 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001048struct ieee80211_tx_info {
1049 /* common information */
1050 u32 flags;
Johannes Bergf2b18ba2020-01-15 12:25:50 +01001051 u32 band:3,
1052 ack_frame_id:13,
1053 hw_queue:4,
1054 tx_time_est:10;
1055 /* 2 free bits */
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001056
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001057 union {
1058 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001059 union {
1060 /* rate control */
1061 struct {
1062 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1063 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1064 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001065 u8 use_rts:1;
1066 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001067 u8 short_preamble:1;
1068 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001069 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001070 };
1071 /* only needed before rate control */
1072 unsigned long jiffies;
1073 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001074 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001075 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001076 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001077 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001078 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001079 } control;
1080 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001081 u64 cookie;
1082 } ack;
1083 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001084 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001085 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001086 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001087 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001088 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001089 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301090 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001091 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001092 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001093 struct {
1094 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1095 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001096 u8 pad[4];
1097
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001098 void *rate_driver_data[
1099 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1100 };
1101 void *driver_data[
1102 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001103 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001104};
1105
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen7a892332019-11-18 22:06:10 -08001106static inline u16
1107ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est)
1108{
1109 /* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime
1110 * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1
1111 */
1112 info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2;
1113 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1114}
1115
1116static inline u16
1117ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1118{
1119 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1120}
1121
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001122/**
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001123 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001124 *
1125 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1126 * @info: Basic tx status information
1127 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001128 * @rate: The TX rate that was used when sending the packet
Felix Fietkauf02dff92020-09-08 14:37:00 +02001129 * @free_list: list where processed skbs are stored to be free'd by the driver
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001130 */
1131struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1132 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1133 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1134 struct sk_buff *skb;
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001135 struct rate_info *rate;
Felix Fietkauf02dff92020-09-08 14:37:00 +02001136 struct list_head *free_list;
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001137};
1138
1139/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001140 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1141 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001142 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1143 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1144 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001145 *
1146 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1147 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1148 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1149 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1150 */
1151struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001152 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1153 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001154 const u8 *common_ies;
1155 size_t common_ie_len;
1156};
1157
1158
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001159static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1160{
1161 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1162}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001163
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001164static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1165{
1166 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1167}
1168
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001169/**
1170 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1171 *
1172 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1173 *
1174 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1175 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1176 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1177 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1178 *
1179 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1180 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1181 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1182 */
1183static inline void
1184ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1185{
1186 int i;
1187
1188 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1189 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1190 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1191 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1192 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1193 /* clear the rate counts */
1194 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1195 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1196
1197 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001198 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001199 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1200 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1201 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1202}
1203
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001204
1205/**
1206 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1207 *
1208 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1209 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1210 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1211 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001212 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1213 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001214 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001215 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1216 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001217 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1218 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1219 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1220 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001221 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1222 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001223 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1224 * the frame.
1225 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1226 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001227 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001228 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1229 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1230 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001231 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1232 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1233 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001234 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1235 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001236 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1237 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001238 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1239 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1240 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001241 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1242 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1243 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1244 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1245 * on this subframe
1246 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1247 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001248 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1249 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001250 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1251 * processing it in any regular way.
1252 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1253 * them for sniffing purposes.
1254 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1255 * monitor interfaces.
1256 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1257 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001258 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1259 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1260 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1261 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1262 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1263 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1264 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1265 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1266 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001267 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1268 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1269 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001270 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1271 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1272 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001273 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1274 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001275 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1276 * frame
1277 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001278 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1279 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001280 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001281 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1282 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1283 * - DATA3_CODING
1284 * - DATA5_GI
1285 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1286 * - DATA6_NSTS
1287 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001288 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001289 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1290 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1291 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001292 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001293 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1294 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1295 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1296 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001297 */
1298enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001299 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1300 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001301 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001302 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1303 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1304 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1305 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001306 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001307 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1308 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1309 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1310 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1311 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1312 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1313 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1314 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1315 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1316 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1317 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1318 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1319 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1320 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1321 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1322 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001323 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1324 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001325 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1326 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001327 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001328 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001329};
1330
1331/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001332 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001333 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001334 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001335 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1336 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1337 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1338 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001339 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001340 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1341 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001342 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001343 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001344enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1345 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001346 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1347 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1348 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1349 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1350 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001351};
1352
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001353#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1354
1355enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1356 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1357 RX_ENC_HT,
1358 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001359 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001360};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001361
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001362/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001363 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1364 *
1365 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1366 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001367 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001368 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001369 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1370 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001371 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1372 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001373 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1374 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001375 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001376 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001377 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1378 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001379 * @freq_offset: @freq has a positive offset of 500Khz.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001380 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1381 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1382 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001383 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1384 * values were filled.
1385 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1386 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001387 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001388 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001389 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001390 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001391 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001392 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1393 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001394 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001395 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1396 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1397 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001398 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001399 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1400 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1401 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001402 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001403 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001404struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1405 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001406 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001407 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001408 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001409 u32 flag;
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001410 u16 freq: 13, freq_offset: 1;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001411 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001412 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1413 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001414 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001415 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001416 u8 rx_flags;
1417 u8 band;
1418 u8 antenna;
1419 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001420 u8 chains;
1421 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001422 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001423 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001424};
1425
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001426static inline u32
1427ieee80211_rx_status_to_khz(struct ieee80211_rx_status *rx_status)
1428{
1429 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(rx_status->freq) +
1430 (rx_status->freq_offset ? 500 : 0);
1431}
1432
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001433/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001434 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1435 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1436 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1437 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1438 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1439 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1440 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1441 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1442 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1443 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1444 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1445 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1446 * @data field.
1447 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1448 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1449 * length
1450 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1451 *
1452 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1453 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1454 * data.
1455 */
1456struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1457 u32 present;
1458 u8 align;
1459 u8 oui[3];
1460 u8 subns;
1461 u8 pad;
1462 u16 len;
1463 u8 data[];
1464} __packed;
1465
1466/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001467 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1468 *
1469 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1470 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001471 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1472 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1473 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001474 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1475 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1476 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1477 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1478 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1479 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1480 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001481 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1482 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1483 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1484 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1485 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001486 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1487 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001488 */
1489enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001490 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001491 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001492 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001493 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001494};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001495
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001496
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001497/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001498 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1499 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001500 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001501 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001502 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001503 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001504 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001505 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001506 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001507 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001508 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1509 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001510 */
1511enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001512 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001513 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001514 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001515 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001516 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1517 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1518 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001519 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001520};
1521
1522/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001523 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1524 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001525 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1526 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1527 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1528 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1529 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001530 */
1531enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1532 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1533 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1534 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1535 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1536
1537 /* keep last */
1538 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1539};
1540
1541/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001542 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1543 *
1544 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1545 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001546 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1547 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001548 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001549 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1550 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1551 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001552 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1553 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1554 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1555 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001556 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1557 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001558 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001559 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001560 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001561 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001562 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001563 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1564 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001565 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001566 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1567 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001568 *
1569 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1570 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001571 * configured for an HT channel.
1572 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1573 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001574 */
1575struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001576 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001577 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001578
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001579 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001580 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001581
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001582 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1583
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001584 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001585 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001586 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001587};
1588
1589/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001590 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1591 *
1592 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1593 * operation.
1594 *
1595 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1596 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1597 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1598 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001599 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1600 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001601 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1602 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001603 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001604 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001605 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1606 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1607 * channel, expressed in TU.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001608 */
1609struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1610 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001611 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001612 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001613 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001614 u8 count;
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001615 u32 delay;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001616};
1617
1618/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001619 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1620 *
1621 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1622 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001623 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1624 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1625 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1626 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001627 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1628 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1629 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1630 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001631 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1632 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1633 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001634 */
1635enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1636 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001637 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001638 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001639 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001640};
1641
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001642
1643/**
1644 * enum ieee80211_offload_flags - virtual interface offload flags
1645 *
1646 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED: tx encapsulation offload is enabled
1647 * The driver supports sending frames passed as 802.3 frames by mac80211.
1648 * It must also support sending 802.11 packets for the same interface.
1649 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR: support 4-address mode encapsulation offload
1650 */
1651
1652enum ieee80211_offload_flags {
1653 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED = BIT(0),
1654 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR = BIT(1),
1655};
1656
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001657/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001658 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1659 *
1660 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1661 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1662 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001663 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001664 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1665 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001666 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001667 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1668 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001669 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1670 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1671 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001672 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001673 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1674 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1675 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1676 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001677 * @offloaad_flags: hardware offload capabilities/flags for this interface.
1678 * These are initialized by mac80211 before calling .add_interface,
1679 * .change_interface or .update_vif_offload and updated by the driver
1680 * within these ops, based on supported features or runtime change
1681 * restrictions.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001682 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1683 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001684 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1685 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1686 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1687 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1688 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001689 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001690 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001691 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001692 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1693 * interface.
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001694 * @rx_mcast_action_reg: multicast Action frames should be reported to mac80211
1695 * for this interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001696 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001697 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001698 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301699 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1700 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg7fba53e2020-09-18 13:21:16 +02001701 * @offload_flags: 802.3 -> 802.11 enapsulation offload flags, see
1702 * &enum ieee80211_offload_flags.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001703 */
1704struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001705 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001706 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001707 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001708 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001709 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001710 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001711
1712 u8 cab_queue;
1713 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1714
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001715 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1716
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001717 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1718
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001719 u32 driver_flags;
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001720 u32 offload_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001721
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001722#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1723 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1724#endif
1725
Johannes Berg6cd536f2020-04-17 12:43:01 +02001726 bool probe_req_reg;
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001727 bool rx_mcast_action_reg;
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001728
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301729 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1730
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001731 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05001732 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001733};
1734
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001735static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1736{
1737#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001738 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001739#endif
1740 return false;
1741}
1742
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001743/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001744 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1745 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1746 *
1747 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1748 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1749 *
1750 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1751 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1752 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1753 */
1754struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1755
1756/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001757 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1758 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1759 *
1760 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1761 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1762 *
1763 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1764 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1765 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1766 */
1767struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1768
1769/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001770 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1771 *
1772 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1773 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1774 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001775 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1776 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001777 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1778 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001779 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1780 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1781 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001782 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1783 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001784 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001785 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1786 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001787 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001788 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001789 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001790 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1791 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1792 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001793 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1794 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1795 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1796 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1797 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1798 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1799 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001800 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001801 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001802 * only for management frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001803 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1804 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1805 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001806 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1807 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1808 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001809 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001810 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver
1811 * for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number
1812 * generation only
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001813 */
1814enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001815 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1816 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1817 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1818 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1819 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1820 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1821 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001822 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001823 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001824 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001825 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE = BIT(10),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001826};
1827
1828/**
1829 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1830 *
1831 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1832 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1833 *
1834 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1835 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001836 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001837 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001838 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1839 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001840 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1841 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1842 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001843 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1844 * data block:
1845 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1846 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1847 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001848 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1849 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001850 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001851struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001852 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001853 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001854 u8 icv_len;
1855 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001856 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001857 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001858 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001859 u8 keylen;
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05001860 u8 key[];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001861};
1862
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001863#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1864
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001865#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1866#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1867
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001868/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001869 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1870 *
1871 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1872 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1873 * reverse order than in packet)
1874 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1875 * reverse order than in packet)
1876 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1877 * reverse order than in packet)
1878 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1879 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001880 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001881 */
1882struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1883 union {
1884 struct {
1885 u32 iv32;
1886 u16 iv16;
1887 } tkip;
1888 struct {
1889 u8 pn[6];
1890 } ccmp;
1891 struct {
1892 u8 pn[6];
1893 } aes_cmac;
1894 struct {
1895 u8 pn[6];
1896 } aes_gmac;
1897 struct {
1898 u8 pn[6];
1899 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001900 struct {
1901 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1902 u8 seq_len;
1903 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001904 };
1905};
1906
1907/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001908 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1909 *
1910 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1911 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1912 *
1913 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1914 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1915 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1916 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1917 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1918 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1919 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1920 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1921 * key_idx value calculation:
1922 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1923 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1924 */
1925struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1926 u32 cipher;
1927 u16 iftype;
1928 u8 hdr_len;
1929 u8 pn_len;
1930 u8 pn_off;
1931 u8 key_idx_off;
1932 u8 key_idx_mask;
1933 u8 key_idx_shift;
1934 u8 mic_len;
1935};
1936
1937/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001938 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1939 *
1940 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1941 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1942 *
1943 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1944 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1945 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001946enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001947 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001948};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001949
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001950/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001951 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1952 *
1953 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1954 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1955 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1956 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1957 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1958 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1959 */
1960enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1961 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1962 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1963 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1964 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1965 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1966 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1967};
1968
1969/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001970 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1971 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1972 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1973 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1974 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1975 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1976 *
1977 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1978 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1979 */
1980enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1981 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1982 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1983 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1984 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1985};
1986
1987/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001988 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1989 *
1990 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001991 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001992 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1993 */
1994struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1995 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1996 struct {
1997 s8 idx;
1998 u8 count;
1999 u8 count_cts;
2000 u8 count_rts;
2001 u16 flags;
2002 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
2003};
2004
2005/**
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302006 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
2007 *
2008 * Used to configure txpower for station.
2009 *
2010 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
2011 * to the STA.
2012 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
2013 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
2014 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
2015 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
2016 * per peer TPC.
2017 */
2018struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
2019 s16 power;
2020 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
2021};
2022
2023/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002024 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
2025 *
2026 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
2027 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
2028 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
2029 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
2030 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01002031 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002032 *
2033 * @addr: MAC address
2034 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02002035 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01002036 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
2037 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002038 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +02002039 * @he_6ghz_capa: on 6 GHz, holds the HE 6 GHz band capabilities
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03002040 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
2041 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
2042 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01002043 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
2044 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002045 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002046 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03002047 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03002048 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
2049 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03002050 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002051 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01002052 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
2053 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
2054 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
2055 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01002056 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04002057 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03002058 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03002059 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
2060 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302061 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002062 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
2063 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
2064 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002065 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002066 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002067 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08002068 * @txpwr: the station tx power configuration
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002069 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
2070 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002071 */
2072struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02002073 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002074 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
2075 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02002076 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00002077 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002078 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +02002079 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002080 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03002081 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03002082 u8 uapsd_queues;
2083 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01002084 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002085 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01002086 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002087 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03002088 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03002089 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302090 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002091 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002092
2093 /**
2094 * @max_amsdu_len:
2095 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
2096 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
2097 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
2098 *
2099 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
2100 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13002101 * * If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002102 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
2103 *
2104 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
2105 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
2106 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
2107 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002108 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002109 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002110 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002111 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302112 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002113
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002114 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002115
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002116 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05002117 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002118};
2119
2120/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002121 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2122 *
2123 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05302124 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002125 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002126 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2127 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2128 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01002129enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002130 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2131};
2132
2133/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002134 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2135 *
2136 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2137 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2138 */
2139struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2140 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2141};
2142
2143/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002144 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2145 *
2146 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2147 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002148 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2149 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002150 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002151 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002152 *
2153 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2154 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2155 */
2156struct ieee80211_txq {
2157 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2158 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2159 u8 tid;
2160 u8 ac;
2161
2162 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05002163 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002164};
2165
2166/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002167 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2168 *
2169 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2170 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2171 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2172 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2173 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2174 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002175 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2176 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2177 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2178 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2179 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2180 * algorithm.
2181 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2182 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2183 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2184 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2185 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2186 * CCK frames.
2187 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002188 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2189 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2190 * the FCS at the end.
2191 *
2192 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2193 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2194 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2195 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2196 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2197 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002198 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002199 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002200 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2201 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2202 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2203 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2204 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002205 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2206 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2207 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2208 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2209 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002210 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2211 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2212 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302213 *
2214 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2215 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002216 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002217 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2218 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2219 *
2220 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2221 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2222 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2223 *
2224 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2225 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002226 *
2227 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2228 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002229 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302230 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2231 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2232 * the stack.
2233 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002234 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002235 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2236 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002237 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002238 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2239 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2240 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002241 *
2242 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2243 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2244 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2245 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2246 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2247 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002248 *
2249 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2250 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2251 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2252 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2253 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2254 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002255 *
2256 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2257 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2258 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002259 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002260 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2261 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2262 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002263 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002264 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2265 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2266 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2267 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002268 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2269 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2270 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2271 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2272 * supported cipher suites.
2273 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002274 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2275 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2276 * for frames.
2277 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002278 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2279 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2280 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2281 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002282 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002283 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2284 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2285 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002286 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2287 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2288 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002289 *
2290 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2291 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002292 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002293 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2294 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2295 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2296 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002297 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2298 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2299 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2300 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002301 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002302 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2303 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2304 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002305 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002306 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002307 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002308 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2309 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2310 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002311 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2312 * within A-MPDU.
2313 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002314 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2315 * for sent beacons.
2316 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002317 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2318 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2319 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2320 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2321 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002322 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2323 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2324 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2325 * timeout.
2326 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002327 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2328 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2329 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002330 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2331 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2332 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2333 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2334 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2335 *
2336 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2337 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2338 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302339 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2340 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2341 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2342 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2343 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002344 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2345 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2346 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2347 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002348 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2349 * TDLS links.
2350 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002351 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2352 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2353 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2354 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2355 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2356 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2357 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002358 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002359 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2360 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002361 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002362 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2363 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2364 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002365 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2366 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2367 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2368 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2369 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2370 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002371 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2372 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2373 * TXQs to start with.
2374 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002375 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2376 * length in tx status information
2377 *
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002378 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2379 *
2380 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2381 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2382 *
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002383 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
2384 * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
2385 * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
2386 *
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02002387 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports tx encapsulation
2388 * offload
2389 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002390 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002391 */
2392enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002393 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2394 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2395 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2396 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2397 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2398 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2399 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2400 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2401 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2402 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2403 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2404 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2405 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2406 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2407 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2408 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2409 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2410 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2411 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2412 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2413 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2414 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2415 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2416 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2417 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2418 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2419 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2420 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2421 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002422 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002423 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002424 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002425 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002426 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002427 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002428 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2429 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302430 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002431 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002432 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002433 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002434 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002435 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002436 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002437 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002438 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002439 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2440 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002441 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02002442 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002443
2444 /* keep last, obviously */
2445 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002446};
2447
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002448/**
2449 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002450 *
2451 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2452 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2453 *
2454 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2455 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2456 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002457 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2458 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002459 *
2460 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2461 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002462 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2463 * along with this structure.
2464 *
2465 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2466 *
2467 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2468 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2469 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002470 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2471 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002472 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002473 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002474 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002475 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002476 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002477 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002478 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002479 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002480 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2481 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2482 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002483 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2484 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2485 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002486 *
2487 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2488 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002489 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2490 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002491 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2492 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002493 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2494 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002495 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002496 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2497 * can handle.
2498 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2499 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002500 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002501 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002502 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2503 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2504 * aggregation.
2505 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2506 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2507 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002508 *
2509 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002510 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2511 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2512 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2513 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2514 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002515 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002516 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2517 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2518 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002519 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2520 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002521 *
2522 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2523 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002524 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002525 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002526 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002527 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2528 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002529 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002530 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002531 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2532 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002533 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002534 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002535 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002536 * device_timestamp.
2537 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2538 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2539 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2540 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2541 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002542 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002543 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002544 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2545 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002546 *
2547 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2548 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2549 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2550 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2551 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2552 * neither enabled.
2553 *
2554 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2555 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2556 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002557 *
2558 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2559 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2560 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002561 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2562 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002563 *
2564 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2565 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2566 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002567 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002568 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002569 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002570 *
2571 * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002572 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002573struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002574 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002575 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002576 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002577 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002578 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002579 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002580 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002581 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002582 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002583 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002584 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002585 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002586 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002587 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002588 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002589 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002590 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002591 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2592 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002593 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002594 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002595 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002596 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002597 struct {
2598 int units_pos;
2599 s16 accuracy;
2600 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002601 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002602 u8 uapsd_queues;
2603 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002604 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2605 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002606 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002607 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002608 u8 weight_multiplier;
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002609 u32 max_mtu;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002610};
2611
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002612static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2613 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2614{
2615 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2616}
2617#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2618
2619static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2620 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2621{
2622 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2623}
2624#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2625
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002626/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002627 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2628 *
2629 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2630 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2631 */
2632struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2633 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2634
2635 /* Keep last */
2636 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2637};
2638
2639/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002640 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2641 *
2642 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2643 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2644 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2645 * @status: channel-switch response status
2646 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2647 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2648 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2649 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2650 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2651 */
2652struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2653 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2654 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2655 u8 action_code;
2656 u32 status;
2657 u32 timestamp;
2658 u16 switch_time;
2659 u16 switch_timeout;
2660 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2661 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2662};
2663
2664/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002665 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2666 *
2667 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2668 *
2669 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2670 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2671 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2672 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2673 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002674 *
2675 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002676 */
2677struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2678
2679/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002680 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2681 *
2682 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2683 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2684 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002685static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2686{
2687 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2688}
2689
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002690/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002691 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002692 *
2693 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2694 * @addr: the address to set
2695 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002696static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002697{
2698 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2699}
2700
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002701static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2702ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002703 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002704{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002705 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002706 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002707 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002708}
2709
2710static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2711ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002712 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002713{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002714 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002715 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002716 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002717}
2718
2719static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2720ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002721 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002722{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002723 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002724 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002725 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002726}
2727
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002728/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002729 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2730 * @hw: the hardware
2731 * @skb: the skb
2732 *
Joe Perches3f2aef12019-10-24 11:32:12 -07002733 * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002734 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2735 */
2736void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2737
2738/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002739 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002740 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002741 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2742 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2743 *
2744 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2745 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002746 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2747 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2748 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002749 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2750 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2751 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002752 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2753 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2754 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2755 *
2756 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2757 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2758 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2759 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2760 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002761 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2762 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2763 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2764 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2765 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002766 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2767 *
2768 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2769 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2770 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2771 * based on the receive flags.
2772 *
2773 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2774 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2775 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2776 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002777 *
2778 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2779 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2780 * handler.
2781 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002782 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002783 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2784 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002785 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002786 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002787 *
2788 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2789 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2790 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002791 *
2792 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07002793 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to the following
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002794 * requirements:
2795 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2796 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2797 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2798 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2799 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2800 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2801 encrypted with the new key and
2802 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2803 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002804 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002805
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002806/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002807 * DOC: Powersave support
2808 *
2809 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2810 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002811 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2812 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2813 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2814 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2815 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2816 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2817 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2818 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002819 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002820 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2821 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2822 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002823 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2824 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002825 *
2826 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2827 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2828 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002829 *
2830 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2831 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2832 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2833 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002834 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2835 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002836 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002837 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002838 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2839 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2840 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2841 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2842 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2843 * periods.
2844 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002845 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002846 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2847 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2848 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2849 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2850 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2851 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2852 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2853 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2854 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2855 *
2856 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002857 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002858 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002859 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2860 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2861 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2862 *
2863 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2864 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002865 */
2866
2867/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002868 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2869 *
2870 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002871 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002872 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2873 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2874 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2875 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2876 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2877 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002878 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2879 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002880 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2881 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2882 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2883 *
2884 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2885 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2886 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2887 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2888 *
2889 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2890 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2891 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2892 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002893 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002894 * - a list of information element IDs
2895 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2896 *
2897 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2898 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2899 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2900 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2901 * vendor information elements.
2902 *
2903 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2904 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2905 *
2906 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2907 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2908 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2909 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2910 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2911 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2912 *
2913 *
2914 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2915 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2916 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2917 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2918 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2919 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2920 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2921 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2922 *
2923 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2924 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2925 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002926 */
2927
2928/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002929 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2930 *
2931 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2932 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2933 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2934 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2935 *
2936 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2937 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2938 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2939 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2940 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2941 * hardware flags.
2942 *
2943 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2944 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2945 * turned off otherwise.
2946 *
2947 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2948 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2949 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2950 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2951 */
2952
2953/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002954 * DOC: Frame filtering
2955 *
2956 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2957 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2958 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2959 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2960 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2961 *
2962 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2963 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2964 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2965 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002966 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2967 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2968 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2969 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2970 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2971 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2972 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002973 *
2974 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2975 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2976 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2977 * or dropped.
2978 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002979 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2980 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2981 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2982 * the flag, but not clear it.
2983 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2984 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2985 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2986 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2987 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2988 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2989 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2990 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002991 */
2992
2993/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002994 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2995 *
2996 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2997 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2998 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2999 *
3000 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
3001 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
3002 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
3003 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
3004 * the driver code.
3005 *
3006 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
3007 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
3008 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
3009 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
3010 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
3011 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
3012 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
3013 *
3014 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
3015 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
3016 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
3017 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
3018 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
3019 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
3020 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
3021 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
3022 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
3023 * @sta_notify callback.
3024 *
3025 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
3026 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
3027 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
3028 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
3029 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
3030 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
3031 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003032 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003033 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
3034 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
3035 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
3036 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
3037 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
3038 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
3039 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003040 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
3041 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
3042 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003043 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
3044 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
3045 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
3046 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
3047 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
3048 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
3049 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
3050 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
3051 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
3052 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
3053 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
3054 *
3055 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
3056 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
3057 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
3058 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
3059 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
3060 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
3061 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
3062 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
3063 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
3064 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003065 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003066 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
3067 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
3068 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
3069 *
3070 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
3071 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
3072 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
3073 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
3074 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003075 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003076 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
3077 *
3078 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
3079 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
3080 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
3081 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003082 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01003083 *
3084 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
3085 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
3086 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
3087 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003088 */
3089
3090/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02003091 * DOC: HW queue control
3092 *
3093 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
3094 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
3095 * was problematic for a few reasons:
3096 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
3097 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
3098 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
3099 *
3100 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
3101 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
3102 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
3103 *
3104 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
3105 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
3106 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
3107 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
3108 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
3109 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
3110 * the hardware queue.
3111 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
3112 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
3113 *
3114 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
3115 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
3116 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
3117 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
3118 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
3119 *
3120 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
3121 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3122 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3123 * off-channel queue: 9
3124 *
3125 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3126 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3127 *
3128 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3129 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3130 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3131 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3132 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3133 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3134 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3135 *
3136 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3137 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3138 *
3139 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3140 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3141 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3142 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3143 */
3144
3145/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003146 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3147 *
3148 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3149 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3150 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3151 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3152 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003153 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3154 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3155 * multicast address.
3156 *
3157 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3158 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3159 *
3160 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3161 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3162 *
3163 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3164 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3165 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3166 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3167 * honour this flag if possible.
3168 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003169 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3170 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003171 *
3172 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003173 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003174 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003175 *
3176 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003177 *
3178 * @FIF_MCAST_ACTION: pass multicast Action frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003179 */
3180enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003181 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3182 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3183 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3184 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3185 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3186 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003187 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003188 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003189 FIF_MCAST_ACTION = 1<<9,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003190};
3191
3192/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003193 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3194 *
3195 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3196 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003197 *
3198 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3199 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003200 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003201 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3202 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003203 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3204 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003205 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003206 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or
3207 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() with status
3208 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA to delay addba after
3209 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe is called, or just return the special
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003210 * status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE.
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003211 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003212 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3213 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3214 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3215 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3216 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3217 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3218 * session is gone and removes the station.
3219 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3220 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3221 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3222 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003223 */
3224enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3225 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3226 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003227 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003228 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3229 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3230 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003231 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003232};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003233
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003234#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003235#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA 2
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003236
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003237/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003238 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3239 *
3240 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3241 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3242 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3243 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3244 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3245 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3246 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3247 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3248 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3249 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3250 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3251 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3252 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3253 */
3254struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3255 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3256 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3257 u16 tid;
3258 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003259 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003260 bool amsdu;
3261 u16 timeout;
3262};
3263
3264/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003265 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3266 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003267 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3268 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003269 */
3270enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3271 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003272 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003273};
3274
3275/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003276 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3277 *
3278 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003279 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3280 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3281 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003282 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003283 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3284 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3285 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003286 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3287 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003288 */
3289enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3290 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3291 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003292 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003293 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003294};
3295
3296/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003297 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3298 *
3299 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3300 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003301 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa).
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003302 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3303 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3304 *
3305 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3306 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003307 * for sending management frames offchannel.
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003308 */
3309enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3310 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3311 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3312};
3313
3314/**
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003315 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3316 *
3317 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3318 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3319 *
3320 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3321 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3322 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3323 * of wowlan configuration)
3324 */
3325enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3326 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3327 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3328};
3329
3330/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003331 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3332 *
3333 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3334 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3335 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3336 *
3337 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3338 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3339 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003340 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003341 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003342 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003343 *
3344 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3345 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3346 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3347 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3348 * or zero.
3349 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3350 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3351 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003352 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003353 *
3354 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3355 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3356 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3357 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003358 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3359 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003360 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003361 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003362 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3363 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3364 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3365 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3366 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003367 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3368 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3369 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3370 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003371 *
3372 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3373 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3374 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3375 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3376 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3377 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003378 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3379 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3380 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3381 * in suspend().
3382 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003383 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003384 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003385 * and @stop must be implemented.
3386 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3387 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3388 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3389 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3390 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003391 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003392 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003393 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3394 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3395 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3396 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3397 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3398 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003399 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3400 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3401 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3402 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3403 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3404 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3405 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003406 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003407 *
3408 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3409 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003410 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003411 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003412 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003413 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3414 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3415 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3416 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3417 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003418 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3419 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003420 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003421 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3422 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3423 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3424 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003425 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3426 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003427 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003428 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003429 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3430 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3431 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3432 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3433 * which flags are changed.
3434 * This callback can sleep.
3435 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003436 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003437 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003438 *
3439 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003440 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3441 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003442 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003443 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003444 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003445 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003446 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3447 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3448 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003449 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003450 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003451 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3452 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3453 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3454 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3455 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3456 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003457 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3458 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3459 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3460 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003461 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003462 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003463 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3464 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003465 * that power save is disabled.
3466 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3467 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3468 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3469 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3470 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3471 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3472 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003473 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3474 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3475 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3476 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3477 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003478 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003479 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003480 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3481 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3482 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3483 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3484 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3485 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3486 * The callback can sleep.
3487 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003488 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3489 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3490 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3491 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3492 *
3493 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003494 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003495 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003496 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3497 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003498 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3499 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3500 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003501 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003502 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3503 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3504 * this notification.
3505 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003506 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003507 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3508 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003509 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003510 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003511 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3512 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3513 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003514 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003515 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003516 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003517 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3518 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3519 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003520 * The callback can sleep.
3521 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003522 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003523 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003524 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003525 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3526 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3527 *
3528 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003529 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3530 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3531 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3532 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3533 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003534 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303535 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3536 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003537 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3538 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303539 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003540 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003541 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3542 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3543 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003544 *
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08003545 * @sta_set_txpwr: Configure the station tx power. This callback set the tx
3546 * power for the station.
3547 * This callback can sleep.
3548 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003549 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3550 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3551 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3552 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003553 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3554 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3555 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3556 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3557 * The callback can sleep.
3558 *
3559 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3560 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3561 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3562 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3563 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003564 * The callback can sleep.
3565 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003566 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3567 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3568 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3569 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3570 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3571 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3572 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003573 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3574 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3575 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003576 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003577 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3578 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3579 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3580 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3581 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3582 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3583 * The callback can sleep.
3584 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003585 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003586 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003587 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003588 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003589 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003590 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003591 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003592 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003593 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003594 *
3595 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003596 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003597 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003598 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003599 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003600 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3601 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3602 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3603 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3604 * The callback can sleep.
3605 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003606 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3607 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3608 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3609 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003610 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003611 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003612 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3613 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3614 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003615 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003616 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003617 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003618 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3619 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003620 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3621 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3622 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003623 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003624 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003625 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3626 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003627 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3628 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3629 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003630 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003631 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3632 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003633 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003634 *
3635 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003636 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3637 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3638 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3639 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003640 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003641 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003642 *
3643 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3644 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3645 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3646 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003647 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003648 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3649 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3650 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3651 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3652 *
3653 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003654 *
3655 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3656 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3657 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3658 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3659 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3660 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003661 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003662 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3663 * must be accepted in this case.
3664 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003665 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3666 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003667 *
3668 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3669 *
3670 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303671 *
3672 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3673 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303674 *
3675 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3676 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3677 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003678 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3679 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003680 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003681 *
3682 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3683 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3684 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3685 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003686 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003687 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3688 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3689 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3690 * more-data bit must always be set.
3691 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3692 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003693 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3694 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3695 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3696 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3697 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3698 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003699 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3700 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3701 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003702 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3703 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003704 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003705 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003706 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003707 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3708 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3709 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003710 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003711 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3712 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3713 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3714 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003715 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003716 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003717 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3718 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3719 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003720 *
3721 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3722 *
3723 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3724 *
3725 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3726 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3727 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003728 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3729 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3730 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3731 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3732 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3733 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3734 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3735 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3736 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003737 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3738 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3739 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003740 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3741 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003742 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3743 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003744 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003745 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003746 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3747 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3748 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3749 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3750 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3751 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3752 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3753 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3754 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003755 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303756 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003757 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303758 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003759 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3760 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3761 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303762 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003763 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3764 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303765 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003766 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3767 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303768 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003769 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3770 * another, as specified in the list of
3771 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3772 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303773 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003774 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003775 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3776 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3777 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3778 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3779 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3780 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3781 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003782 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003783 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3784 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3785 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3786 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3787 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003788 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003789 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3790 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3791 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003792 *
3793 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3794 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3795 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003796 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003797 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3798 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02003799 * 1 using ieee80211_beacon_counter_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003800 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003801 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3802 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003803 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3804 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003805 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003806 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003807 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3808 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3809 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003810 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3811 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3812 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003813 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3814 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3815 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003816 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3817 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3818 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3819 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003820 *
3821 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3822 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3823 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003824 *
3825 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3826 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003827 *
3828 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3829 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3830 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3831 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3832 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3833 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3834 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3835 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3836 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003837 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3838 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3839 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3840 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3841 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3842 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3843 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003844 *
3845 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003846 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3847 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3848 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3849 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003850 *
3851 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3852 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003853 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3854 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3855 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3856 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3857 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3858 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003859 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3860 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3861 * this call.
3862 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3863 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3864 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003865 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3866 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3867 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3868 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003869 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3870 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003871 *
3872 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3873 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05303874 * @set_tid_config: Apply TID specific configurations. This callback may sleep.
3875 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer.
3876 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg7fba53e2020-09-18 13:21:16 +02003877 * @update_vif_offload: Update virtual interface offload flags
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02003878 * This callback may sleep.
Felix Fietkau1ff4e8f2020-09-08 14:37:01 +02003879 * @sta_set_4addr: Called to notify the driver when a station starts/stops using
3880 * 4-address mode
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003881 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003882struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003883 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3884 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3885 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003886 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003887 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003888#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3889 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3890 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003891 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003892#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003893 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003894 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003895 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3896 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003897 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003898 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003899 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003900 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003901 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3902 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3903 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3904 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003905
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003906 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3907 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3908
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003909 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003910 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003911 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3912 unsigned int changed_flags,
3913 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003914 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003915 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3916 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3917 unsigned int filter_flags,
3918 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003919 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3920 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003921 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003922 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003923 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003924 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003925 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3926 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3927 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3928 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003929 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3930 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3931 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003932 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3933 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003934 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003935 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003936 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3937 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003938 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3939 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3940 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003941 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003942 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003943 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003944 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3945 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3946 const u8 *mac_addr);
3947 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3948 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003949 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3950 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003951 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3952 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3953 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003954 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003955 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003956 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3957 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3958 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3959 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303960#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3961 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3962 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3963 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3964 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303965#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003966 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003967 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05303968 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3969 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3970 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003971 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3972 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3973 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3974 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003975 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3976 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3977 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003978 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3979 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3980 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3981 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003982 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3983 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3984 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003985 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3986 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3987 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3988 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003989 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003990 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003991 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003992 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3993 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3994 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003995 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3996 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003997 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003998 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003999
4000 /**
4001 * @ampdu_action:
4002 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
4003 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
4004 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
4005 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
4006 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
4007 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
4008 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
4009 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
4010 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
4011 *
4012 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
4013 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
4014 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
4015 *
4016 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
4017 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
4018 *
4019 * - ``TX: 1 or``
4020 * - ``TX: 18 or``
4021 * - ``TX: 81``
4022 *
4023 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
4024 *
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02004025 * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return
4026 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START
4027 * if the session can start immediately.
4028 *
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01004029 * The callback can sleep.
4030 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02004031 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01004032 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02004033 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02004034 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
4035 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02004036 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02004037 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02004038#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03004039 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4040 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07004041 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
4042 struct netlink_callback *cb,
4043 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02004044#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02004045 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4046 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004047 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03004048 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004049 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09004050 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
4051 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01004052
4053 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02004054 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01004055 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02004056 int duration,
4057 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Emmanuel Grumbach5db4c4b2019-07-23 21:00:01 +03004058 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4059 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05004060 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
4061 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4062 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05304063 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05304064 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4065 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02004066 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4067 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4068 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004069
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02004070 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4071 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4072 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4073 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4074 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004075 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4076 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4077 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4078 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4079 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07004080
4081 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4082 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
4083 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4084 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4085 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
4086 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4087 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4088 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02004089
4090 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03004091 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4092 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004093
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03004094 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4095 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4096
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004097 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4098 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4099 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4100 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4101 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4102 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
4103 u32 changed);
4104 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4105 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4106 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4107 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4108 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4109 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03004110 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4111 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
4112 int n_vifs,
4113 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01004114
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02004115 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4116 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01004117
4118#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
4119 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4120 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4121 struct inet6_dev *idev);
4122#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004123 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4124 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4125 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03004126 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4127 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4128 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004129
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004130 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4131 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02004132 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4133 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02004134 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4135 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4136 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004137
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004138 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4139 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03004140 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4141 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02004142 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4143 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004144
4145 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4146 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4147 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4148 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004149 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004150 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4151 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4152 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004153 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4154 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4155 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01004156
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01004157 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4158 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02004159 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03004160
4161 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4162 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4163 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4164 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4165 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03004166 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4167 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4168 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03004169 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4170 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4171 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4172 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4173 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4174 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03004175 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4176 struct sk_buff *head,
4177 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07004178 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4179 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4180 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02004181 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4182 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4183 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4184 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05304185 int (*set_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4186 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4187 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4188 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4189 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4190 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4191 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids);
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02004192 void (*update_vif_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4193 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Felix Fietkau1ff4e8f2020-09-08 14:37:01 +02004194 void (*sta_set_4addr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4195 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004196};
4197
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004198/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004199 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4200 *
4201 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4202 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4203 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4204 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4205 * @priv_data_len.
4206 *
4207 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4208 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4209 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4210 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4211 *
4212 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4213 */
4214struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4215 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4216 const char *requested_name);
4217
4218/**
4219 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004220 *
4221 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4222 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4223 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4224 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4225 * @priv_data_len.
4226 *
4227 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4228 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004229 *
4230 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004231 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004232static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004233struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004234 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4235{
4236 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4237}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004238
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004239/**
4240 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4241 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004242 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4243 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4244 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004245 *
4246 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004247 *
4248 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004249 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004250int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4251
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004252/**
4253 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4254 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4255 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4256 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4257 */
4258struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4259 int throughput;
4260 int blink_time;
4261};
4262
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004263/**
4264 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4265 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4266 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4267 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4268 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4269 */
4270enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4271 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4272 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4273 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4274};
4275
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004276#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004277const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4278const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4279const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4280const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4281const char *
4282__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4283 unsigned int flags,
4284 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4285 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004286#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004287/**
4288 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4289 *
4290 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4291 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4292 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4293 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4294 *
4295 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004296 *
4297 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004298 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004299static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004300{
4301#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4302 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4303#else
4304 return NULL;
4305#endif
4306}
4307
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004308/**
4309 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4310 *
4311 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4312 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4313 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4314 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4315 *
4316 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004317 *
4318 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004319 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004320static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004321{
4322#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4323 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4324#else
4325 return NULL;
4326#endif
4327}
4328
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004329/**
4330 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4331 *
4332 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4333 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4334 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4335 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4336 *
4337 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004338 *
4339 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004340 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004341static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004342{
4343#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4344 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4345#else
4346 return NULL;
4347#endif
4348}
4349
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004350/**
4351 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4352 *
4353 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4354 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4355 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4356 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4357 *
4358 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004359 *
4360 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004361 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004362static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004363{
4364#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4365 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4366#else
4367 return NULL;
4368#endif
4369}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004370
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004371/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004372 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4373 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004374 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004375 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4376 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4377 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004378 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4379 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4380 *
4381 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004382 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004383static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004384ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004385 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4386 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4387{
4388#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004389 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004390 blink_table_len);
4391#else
4392 return NULL;
4393#endif
4394}
4395
4396/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004397 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4398 *
4399 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4400 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4401 *
4402 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4403 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004404void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4405
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004406/**
4407 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4408 *
4409 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4410 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004411 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004412 *
4413 * @hw: the hardware to free
4414 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004415void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4416
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004417/**
4418 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4419 *
4420 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4421 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4422 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4423 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4424 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4425 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4426 *
4427 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4428 */
4429void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4430
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004431/**
Felix Fietkauc5d16862020-07-26 13:06:11 +02004432 * ieee80211_rx_list - receive frame and store processed skbs in a list
4433 *
4434 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4435 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4436 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4437 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4438 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4439 *
4440 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4441 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4442 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4443 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4444 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4445 *
4446 * This function must be called with BHs disabled and RCU read lock
4447 *
4448 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4449 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
4450 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4451 * @list: the destination list
4452 */
4453void ieee80211_rx_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4454 struct sk_buff *skb, struct list_head *list);
4455
4456/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004457 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004458 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004459 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4460 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4461 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4462 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4463 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4464 *
4465 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4466 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4467 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4468 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4469 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4470 *
4471 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4472 *
4473 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004474 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004475 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4476 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004477 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004478void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4479 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004480
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004481/**
4482 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4483 *
4484 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004485 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4486 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4487 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4488 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004489 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004490 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004491 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4492 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004493 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4494 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004495 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004496 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004497 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004498 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4499 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004500 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004501static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4502{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004503 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004504}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004505
4506/**
4507 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4508 *
4509 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004510 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4511 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004512 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004513 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4514 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004515 *
4516 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4517 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004518 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004519void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004520
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004521/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004522 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4523 *
4524 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4525 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4526 *
4527 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004528 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4529 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004530 *
4531 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4532 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4533 */
4534static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4535 struct sk_buff *skb)
4536{
4537 local_bh_disable();
4538 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4539 local_bh_enable();
4540}
4541
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004542/**
4543 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4544 *
4545 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4546 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4547 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4548 *
4549 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4550 *
4551 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4552 * each other.
4553 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004554 * @sta: currently connected sta
4555 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004556 *
4557 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004558 */
4559int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4560
4561/**
4562 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4563 * (in process context)
4564 *
4565 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4566 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4567 * applies.
4568 *
4569 * @sta: currently connected sta
4570 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004571 *
4572 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004573 */
4574static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4575 bool start)
4576{
4577 int ret;
4578
4579 local_bh_disable();
4580 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4581 local_bh_enable();
4582
4583 return ret;
4584}
4585
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004586/**
4587 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4588 * @sta: currently connected station
4589 *
4590 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4591 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4592 * connected station was received.
4593 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4594 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4595 * be serialized.
4596 */
4597void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4598
4599/**
4600 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4601 * @sta: currently connected station
4602 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4603 *
4604 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4605 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4606 * from a connected station was received.
4607 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4608 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4609 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004610 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4611 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4612 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4613 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004614 */
4615void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4616
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004617/*
4618 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4619 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4620 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004621#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004622
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004623/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004624 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004625 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004626 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4627 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004628 *
4629 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004630 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4631 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004632 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004633 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4634 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4635 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4636 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4637 *
4638 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4639 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4640 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4641 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4642 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4643 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4644 *
4645 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4646 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4647 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4648 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4649 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004650 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004651void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4652 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004653
4654/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004655 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4656 *
4657 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4658 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4659 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4660 *
4661 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4662 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4663 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4664 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4665 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4666 */
4667void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4668 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4669 struct sk_buff *skb,
4670 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4671 int max_rates);
4672
4673/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004674 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4675 *
4676 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4677 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4678 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4679 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4680 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4681 * slow stations to starve).
4682 *
4683 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4684 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4685 */
4686void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4687 u32 thr);
4688
4689/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304690 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4691 *
4692 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4693 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4694 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4695 *
4696 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4697 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4698 * @info: tx status information
4699 */
4700void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4701 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4702 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4703
4704/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004705 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4706 *
4707 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4708 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4709 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4710 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004711 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4712 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004713 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004714 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4715 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004716 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004717 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4718 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004719 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004720void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004721 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004722
4723/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004724 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4725 *
4726 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4727 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4728 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4729 *
4730 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4731 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4732 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4733 *
4734 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4735 * @status: tx status information
4736 */
4737void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4738 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4739
4740/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004741 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4742 *
4743 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4744 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4745 * specific skbs.
4746 *
4747 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4748 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4749 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4750 *
4751 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4752 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4753 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4754 * @info: tx status information
4755 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004756static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4757 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4758 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4759{
4760 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4761 .sta = sta,
4762 .info = info,
4763 };
4764
4765 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4766}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004767
4768/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004769 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4770 *
4771 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4772 *
4773 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4774 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4775 * for a single hardware.
4776 *
4777 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4778 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4779 */
4780static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4781 struct sk_buff *skb)
4782{
4783 local_bh_disable();
4784 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4785 local_bh_enable();
4786}
4787
4788/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004789 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004790 *
4791 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4792 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4793 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004794 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4795 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004796 *
4797 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4798 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004799 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004800void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004801 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004802
4803/**
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01004804 * ieee80211_tx_status_8023 - transmit status callback for 802.3 frame format
4805 *
4806 * Call this function for all transmitted data frames after their transmit
4807 * completion. This callback should only be called for data frames which
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07004808 * are using driver's (or hardware's) offload capability of encap/decap
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01004809 * 802.11 frames.
4810 *
4811 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4812 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other and all
4813 * calls in the same tx status family.
4814 *
4815 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4816 * @vif: the interface for which the frame was transmitted
4817 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4818 */
4819void ieee80211_tx_status_8023(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4820 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4821 struct sk_buff *skb);
4822
4823/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004824 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4825 *
4826 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4827 * connected STA.
4828 *
4829 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4830 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4831 */
4832void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4833
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004834#define IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM 2
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004835
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004836/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004837 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4838 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4839 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004840 * @cntdwn_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4841 * to countdown counters. This array can contain zero values which
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004842 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004843 */
4844struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4845 u16 tim_offset;
4846 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004847
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004848 u16 cntdwn_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004849};
4850
4851/**
4852 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4853 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4854 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4855 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4856 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4857 *
4858 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4859 * obtain the beacon template.
4860 *
4861 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4862 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004863 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4864 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004865 *
4866 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4867 *
4868 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4869 */
4870struct sk_buff *
4871ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4872 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4873 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4874
4875/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004876 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4877 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004878 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004879 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4880 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4881 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4882 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4883 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4884 *
4885 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004886 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004887 *
4888 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4889 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004890 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4891 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004892 *
4893 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004894 *
4895 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004896 */
4897struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4898 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4899 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4900
4901/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004902 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4903 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004904 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004905 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004906 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004907 *
4908 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004909 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004910static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4911 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4912{
4913 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4914}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004915
4916/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004917 * ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn - request mac80211 to decrement the beacon countdown
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004918 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4919 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004920 * The beacon counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004921 * This function is called implicitly when
4922 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4923 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004924 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's beacon countdown.
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004925 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004926 * Return: new countdown value
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004927 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004928u8 ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004929
4930/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004931 * ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn - request mac80211 to set beacon countdown
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004932 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4933 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4934 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004935 * The beacon countdown can be changed by the device, this API should be
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004936 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4937 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004938 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(),
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004939 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4940 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004941void ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004942
4943/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004944 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4945 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4946 *
4947 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004948 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004949 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4950 */
4951void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4952
4953/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004954 * ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete - find out if countdown reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004955 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4956 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004957 * This function returns whether the countdown reached zero.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004958 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004959bool ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004960
4961/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004962 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4963 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4964 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4965 *
4966 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4967 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4968 *
4969 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004970 *
4971 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004972 */
4973struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4974 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4975
4976/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004977 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4978 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4979 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4980 *
4981 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4982 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4983 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4984 *
4985 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4986 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004987 *
4988 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004989 */
4990struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4991 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4992
4993/**
4994 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4995 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4996 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004997 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4998 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004999 *
5000 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
5001 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
5002 * BSSID and address is used.
5003 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005004 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
5005 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
5006 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005007 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
5008 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005009 *
5010 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005011 */
5012struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005013 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5014 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005015
5016/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005017 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5018 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02005019 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005020 * @ssid: SSID buffer
5021 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01005022 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005023 *
5024 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5025 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005026 *
5027 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005028 */
5029struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02005030 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005031 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01005032 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005033
5034/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005035 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
5036 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005037 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005038 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
5039 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005040 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005041 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
5042 *
5043 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
5044 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5045 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
5046 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
5047 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005048void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005049 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005050 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005051 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
5052
5053/**
5054 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
5055 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005056 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005057 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005058 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005059 *
5060 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
5061 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5062 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005063 *
5064 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005065 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005066__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5067 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005068 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005069
5070/**
5071 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
5072 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005073 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005074 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
5075 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005076 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005077 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
5078 *
5079 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
5080 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5081 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
5082 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
5083 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005084void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5085 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005086 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005087 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005088 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
5089
5090/**
5091 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
5092 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005093 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005094 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005095 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005096 *
5097 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
5098 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5099 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005100 *
5101 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005102 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005103__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5104 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005105 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005106 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005107
5108/**
5109 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
5110 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005111 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02005112 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005113 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005114 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005115 *
5116 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
5117 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005118 *
5119 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005120 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005121__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5122 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005123 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005124 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005125 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005126
5127/**
5128 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
5129 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005130 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005131 *
5132 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
5133 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
5134 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
5135 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005136 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
5137 *
5138 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
5139 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005140 *
5141 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
5142 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
5143 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
5144 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
5145 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
5146 * use common code for all beacons.
5147 */
5148struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005149ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005150
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005151/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005152 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
5153 *
5154 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
5155 *
5156 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5157 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5158 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5159 */
5160void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5161 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5162
5163/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005164 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005165 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005166 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
5167 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005168 *
5169 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005170 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
5171 * with this P1K
5172 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005173 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005174static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5175 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
5176{
5177 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
5178 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
5179 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
5180
5181 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
5182}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005183
5184/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02005185 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
5186 *
5187 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
5188 * and transmitter address.
5189 *
5190 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5191 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
5192 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5193 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5194 */
5195void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5196 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5197
5198/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005199 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5200 *
5201 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
5202 * in the packet.
5203 *
5204 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5205 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5206 * encrypted with this key
5207 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5208 */
5209void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5210 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005211
5212/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02005213 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5214 *
5215 * @pos: start of crypto header
5216 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5217 * @pn: PN to add
5218 *
5219 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5220 * the packet payload)
5221 *
5222 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5223 * point to the crypto header)
5224 */
5225u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5226
5227/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005228 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5229 *
5230 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005231 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005232 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5233 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5234 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5235 *
5236 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5237 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5238 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5239 *
5240 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5241 * can be done concurrently.
5242 */
5243void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5244 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5245
5246/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005247 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5248 *
5249 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005250 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005251 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5252 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5253 * @seq: new sequence data
5254 *
5255 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5256 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5257 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5258 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5259 *
5260 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5261 * can be done concurrently.
5262 */
5263void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5264 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5265
5266/**
5267 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5268 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5269 *
5270 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5271 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5272 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5273 *
5274 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5275 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5276 */
5277void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5278
5279/**
5280 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5281 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5282 * @keyconf: new key data
5283 *
5284 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5285 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5286 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5287 *
5288 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5289 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5290 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5291 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5292 *
5293 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5294 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5295 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5296 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5297 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5298 * of the reconfiguration.
5299 *
5300 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5301 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5302 *
5303 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5304 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5305 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5306 * the key that's being replaced.
5307 */
5308struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5309ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5310 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5311
5312/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005313 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5314 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5315 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5316 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5317 * @gfp: allocation flags
5318 */
5319void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5320 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5321
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005322/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005323 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5324 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5325 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5326 *
5327 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5328 */
5329void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5330
5331/**
5332 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5333 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5334 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5335 *
5336 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5337 */
5338void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5339
5340/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005341 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5342 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5343 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5344 *
5345 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005346 *
5347 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005348 */
5349
5350int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5351
5352/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005353 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5354 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5355 *
5356 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5357 */
5358void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5359
5360/**
5361 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5362 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5363 *
5364 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5365 */
5366void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5367
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005368/**
5369 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5370 *
5371 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5372 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005373 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5374 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005375 *
5376 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005377 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005378 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005379void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5380 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005381
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005382/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005383 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5384 *
5385 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5386 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5387 *
5388 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5389 */
5390void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5391
5392/**
5393 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5394 *
5395 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5396 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5397 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5398 * while associating, for instance.
5399 *
5400 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5401 */
5402void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5403
5404/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005405 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5406 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5407 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5408 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5409 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5410 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5411 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5412 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005413 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Ben Greear265a0702020-09-22 12:19:56 -07005414 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER: Skip any interfaces where SDATA
5415 * is not in the driver. This may fix crashes during firmware recovery
5416 * for instance.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005417 */
5418enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5419 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5420 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005421 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Ben Greear265a0702020-09-22 12:19:56 -07005422 IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005423};
5424
5425/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005426 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5427 *
5428 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5429 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5430 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5431 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5432 *
5433 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5434 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5435 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5436 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5437 */
5438void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5439 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5440 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5441 void *data);
5442
5443/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005444 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005445 *
5446 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5447 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005448 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5449 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5450 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005451 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005452 *
5453 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005454 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005455 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005456 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5457 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005458static inline void
5459ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5460 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5461 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5462 void *data)
5463{
5464 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5465 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5466 iterator, data);
5467}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005468
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005469/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005470 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5471 *
5472 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5473 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5474 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5475 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005476 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005477 *
5478 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005479 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005480 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5481 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5482 */
5483void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005484 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005485 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5486 u8 *mac,
5487 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5488 void *data);
5489
5490/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005491 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5492 *
5493 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5494 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5495 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5496 *
5497 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5498 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5499 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5500 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5501 */
5502void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5503 u32 iter_flags,
5504 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5505 u8 *mac,
5506 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5507 void *data);
5508
5509/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005510 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5511 *
5512 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5513 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5514 * function for them.
5515 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5516 *
5517 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5518 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5519 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5520 */
5521void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5522 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5523 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5524 void *data);
5525/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005526 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5527 *
5528 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5529 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5530 *
5531 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5532 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5533 */
5534void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5535
5536/**
5537 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5538 *
5539 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5540 * workqueue.
5541 *
5542 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5543 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5544 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5545 */
5546void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5547 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5548 unsigned long delay);
5549
5550/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005551 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005552 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005553 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305554 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005555 *
5556 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005557 *
5558 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5559 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5560 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5561 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305562int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5563 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005564
5565/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005566 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005567 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005568 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5569 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5570 *
5571 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005572 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5573 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005574 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005575void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005576 u16 tid);
5577
5578/**
5579 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005580 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005581 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005582 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005583 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005584 *
5585 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5586 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5587 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5588 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005589int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005590
5591/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005592 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005593 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005594 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5595 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5596 *
5597 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005598 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5599 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005600 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005601void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005602 u16 tid);
5603
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005604/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005605 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5606 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005607 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005608 * @addr: station's address
5609 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005610 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5611 *
5612 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005613 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5614 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005615struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005616 const u8 *addr);
5617
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005618/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005619 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005620 *
5621 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005622 * @addr: remote station's address
5623 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005624 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005625 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5626 *
5627 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005628 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5629 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005630 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5631 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5632 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5633 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5634 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5635 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5636 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005637 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005638 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005639 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005640struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5641 const u8 *addr,
5642 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005643
5644/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005645 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5646 * @hw: the hardware
5647 * @pubsta: the station
5648 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5649 *
5650 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5651 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5652 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5653 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5654 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5655 *
5656 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5657 * manner.
5658 *
5659 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5660 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5661 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5662 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5663 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5664 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5665 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5666 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5667 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5668 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5669 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5670 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5671 * woke up while blocked or not.
5672 */
5673void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5674 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5675
5676/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005677 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5678 * @pubsta: the station
5679 *
5680 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5681 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5682 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5683 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5684 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005685 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5686 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5687 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5688 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5689 *
5690 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5691 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5692 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5693 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005694 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005695void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005696
5697/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005698 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5699 * @pubsta: the station
5700 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5701 *
5702 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5703 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5704 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5705 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5706 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5707 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5708 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5709 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5710 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5711 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5712 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5713 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5714 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5715 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5716 */
5717void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5718
5719/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005720 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5721 *
Felix Fietkauc74114d2020-09-08 14:36:55 +02005722 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver must call
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005723 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5724 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5725 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5726 *
5727 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5728 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5729 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5730 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5731 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5732 * attempts.
5733 *
5734 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5735 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5736 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5737 * them to 0.
5738 *
5739 * @pubsta: the station
5740 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5741 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5742 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5743 */
5744void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5745 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5746
5747/**
Kan Yan3ace10f2019-11-18 22:06:09 -08005748 * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device
5749 *
5750 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5751 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5752 *
5753 * Return true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can
5754 * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return false.
5755 */
5756bool
5757ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
5758
5759/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005760 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5761 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5762 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5763 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5764 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5765 *
5766 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5767 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5768 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5769 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5770 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5771 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005772 *
5773 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5774 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5775 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005776 */
5777void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5778 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5779 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5780 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5781 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5782 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5783 void *data),
5784 void *iter_data);
5785
5786/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005787 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5788 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5789 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5790 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5791 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5792 *
5793 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5794 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5795 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5796 * in removal process will be skipped.
5797 *
5798 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5799 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5800 */
5801void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5802 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5803 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5804 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5805 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5806 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5807 void *data),
5808 void *iter_data);
5809
5810/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005811 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13005812 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005813 * @iter: iterator function
5814 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5815 *
5816 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5817 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5818 * places while calling into the driver.
5819 *
5820 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5821 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5822 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005823 *
5824 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5825 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5826 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5827 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005828 */
5829void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5830 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5831 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5832 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5833 void *data),
5834 void *iter_data);
5835
5836/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005837 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5838 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5839 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5840 *
5841 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5842 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5843 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5844 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5845 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005846 * %NULL.
5847 *
5848 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005849 */
5850struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5851 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5852
5853/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005854 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5855 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005856 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005857 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005858 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005859 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005860 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5861 */
5862void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005863
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005864/**
5865 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5866 *
5867 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5868 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005869 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005870 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5871 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005872 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5873 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005874 *
5875 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5876 * without connection recovery attempts.
5877 */
5878void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5879
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005880/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005881 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5882 *
5883 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5884 *
5885 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5886 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5887 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5888 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5889 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5890 *
5891 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5892 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5893 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5894 * disconnect normally later.
5895 *
5896 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5897 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5898 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5899 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5900 */
5901void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5902
5903/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005904 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5905 * rssi threshold triggered
5906 *
5907 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5908 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005909 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005910 * @gfp: context flags
5911 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005912 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005913 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5914 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5915 */
5916void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5917 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005918 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005919 gfp_t gfp);
5920
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005921/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005922 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5923 *
5924 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5925 * @gfp: context flags
5926 */
5927void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5928
5929/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005930 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5931 *
5932 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5933 */
5934void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5935
5936/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005937 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5938 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5939 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5940 *
5941 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5942 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5943 */
5944void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5945
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005946/**
5947 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5948 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005949 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005950 *
5951 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5952 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5953 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5954 */
5955void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5956 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5957
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005958/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005959 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5960 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5961 */
5962void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5963
5964/**
5965 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5966 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5967 */
5968void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5969
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005970/**
5971 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5972 *
5973 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5974 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5975 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5976 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5977 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5978 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5979 *
5980 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5981 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5982 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5983 */
5984void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5985 const u8 *addr);
5986
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005987/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02005988 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5989 * @pubsta: station struct
5990 * @tid: the session's TID
5991 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5992 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5993 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5994 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5995 *
5996 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5997 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5998 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5999 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
6000 */
6001void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
6002 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
6003 u16 received_mpdus);
6004
6005/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02006006 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
6007 *
6008 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
6009 * buffer.
6010 *
6011 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6012 * @ra: the peer's destination address
6013 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
6014 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
6015 */
6016void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
6017
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03006018/**
6019 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
6020 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6021 * @addr: station mac address
6022 * @tid: the rx tid
6023 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006024void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03006025 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006026
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006027/**
6028 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
6029 *
6030 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
6031 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
6032 * reordering.
6033 *
6034 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
6035 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
6036 *
6037 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6038 * @addr: station mac address
6039 * @tid: the rx tid
6040 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006041static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6042 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
6043{
6044 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
6045 return;
6046 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
6047}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006048
6049/**
6050 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
6051 *
6052 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
6053 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
6054 * reordering.
6055 *
6056 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
6057 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
6058 *
6059 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6060 * @addr: station mac address
6061 * @tid: the rx tid
6062 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006063static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6064 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
6065{
6066 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
6067 return;
6068 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
6069}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006070
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03006071/**
6072 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
6073 *
6074 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
6075 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
6076 *
6077 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
6078 *
6079 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6080 * @addr: station mac address
6081 * @tid: the rx tid
6082 */
6083void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6084 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
6085
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006086/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006087
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006088/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006089 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006090 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006091 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
6092 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
6093 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01006094 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
6095 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006096 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
6097 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
6098 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
6099 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
6100 * RTS threshold
6101 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
6102 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01006103 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006104 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006105 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006106 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006107struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
6108 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
6109 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
6110 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
6111 struct sk_buff *skb;
6112 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
6113 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02006114 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006115 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006116 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006117};
6118
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006119/**
6120 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
6121 */
6122enum rate_control_capabilities {
6123 /**
6124 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
6125 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
6126 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
6127 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
6128 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
6129 */
6130 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
6131};
6132
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006133struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006134 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006135 const char *name;
Johannes Berg6cb5f3e2020-04-23 11:13:49 +02006136 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6137 void (*add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *priv,
6138 struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006139 void (*free)(void *priv);
6140
6141 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
6142 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006143 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006144 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05306145 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006146 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02006147 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6148 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006149 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
6150 void *priv_sta);
6151
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02006152 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
6153 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6154 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006155 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6156 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6157 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006158 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6159 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006160
6161 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
6162 struct dentry *dir);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02006163
6164 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006165};
6166
6167static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02006168 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006169 int index)
6170{
6171 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
6172}
6173
6174static inline s8
6175rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6176 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6177{
6178 int i;
6179
6180 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6181 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6182 return i;
6183
6184 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006185 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006186
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006187 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006188 return 0;
6189}
6190
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07006191static inline
6192bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6193 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6194{
6195 unsigned int i;
6196
6197 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6198 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6199 return true;
6200 return false;
6201}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006202
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02006203/**
6204 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
6205 *
6206 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
6207 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
6208 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
6209 * the most recent rate control module decision.
6210 *
6211 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6212 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
6213 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
6214 */
6215int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6216 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6217 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6218
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01006219int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6220void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006221
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006222static inline bool
6223conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6224{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006225 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006226}
6227
6228static inline bool
6229conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6230{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006231 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6232 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006233}
6234
6235static inline bool
6236conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6237{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006238 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6239 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006240}
6241
6242static inline bool
6243conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6244{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006245 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006246}
6247
6248static inline bool
6249conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6250{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006251 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6252 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6253 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006254}
6255
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006256static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6257ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6258{
6259 if (p2p) {
6260 switch (type) {
6261 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6262 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6263 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6264 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6265 default:
6266 break;
6267 }
6268 }
6269 return type;
6270}
6271
6272static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6273ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6274{
6275 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6276}
6277
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006278/**
6279 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6280 *
6281 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6282 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6283 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6284 *
6285 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6286 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6287 * matching GroupId management frame.
6288 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6289 */
6290void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6291 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6292
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006293void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6294 int rssi_min_thold,
6295 int rssi_max_thold);
6296
6297void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006298
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006299/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006300 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006301 *
6302 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6303 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006304 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6305 *
6306 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6307 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006308 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006309int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6310
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006311/**
6312 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6313 * @vif: virtual interface
6314 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6315 * @gfp: allocation flags
6316 *
6317 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6318 */
6319void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6320 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6321 gfp_t gfp);
6322
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006323/**
6324 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6325 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6326 * @vif: virtual interface
6327 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6328 * @band: the band to transmit on
6329 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6330 *
6331 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6332 */
6333bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6334 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6335 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6336
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006337/**
Mathy Vanhoefcb17ed22020-07-23 14:01:53 +04006338 * Sanity-check and parse the radiotap header of injected frames
6339 * @skb: packet injected by userspace
6340 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
6341 */
6342bool ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap(struct sk_buff *skb,
6343 struct net_device *dev);
6344
6345/**
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006346 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6347 *
6348 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6349 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6350 *
6351 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6352 *
6353 * private:
6354 *
6355 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6356 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6357 */
6358struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6359 u32 next_tsf;
6360 bool has_next_tsf;
6361
6362 u8 absent;
6363
6364 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6365 struct {
6366 u32 start;
6367 u32 duration;
6368 u32 interval;
6369 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6370};
6371
6372/**
6373 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6374 *
6375 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6376 * @data: NoA tracking data
6377 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6378 *
6379 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6380 */
6381int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6382 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6383
6384/**
6385 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6386 *
6387 * @data: NoA tracking data
6388 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6389 */
6390void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6391
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006392/**
6393 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6394 * @vif: virtual interface
6395 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6396 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6397 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6398 * @gfp: allocation flags
6399 *
6400 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6401 */
6402void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6403 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6404 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006405
6406/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006407 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6408 *
6409 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6410 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6411 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6412 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6413 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6414 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6415 *
6416 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6417 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6418 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6419 *
6420 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6421 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6422 *
6423 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6424 */
6425int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6426
6427/**
6428 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6429 *
6430 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6431 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6432 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6433 *
6434 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6435 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6436 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6437 *
6438 * @sta: the station
6439 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6440 */
6441void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6442
6443/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006444 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6445 *
6446 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006447 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6448 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006449 *
6450 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006451 *
6452 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6453 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07006454 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by RCU and thus the
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006455 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6456 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6457 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6458 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006459 *
6460 * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
6461 * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006462 */
6463struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6464 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006465
6466/**
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006467 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6468 * (in process context)
6469 *
6470 * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
6471 * (internally disables bottom halves).
6472 *
6473 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6474 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6475 * ieee80211_next_txq()
6476 */
6477static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6478 struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6479{
6480 struct sk_buff *skb;
6481
6482 local_bh_disable();
6483 skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
6484 local_bh_enable();
6485
6486 return skb;
6487}
6488
6489/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006490 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6491 *
6492 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6493 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6494 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006495 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6496 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6497 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6498 */
6499struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6500
6501/**
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006502 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006503 *
6504 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6505 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6506 *
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006507 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6508 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006509 */
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006510void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006511
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006512/* (deprecated) */
6513static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6514{
6515}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006516
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006517void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6518 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6519
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006520/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006521 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6522 *
6523 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6524 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6525 *
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006526 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6527 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6528 *
6529 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6530 * this TXQ internally.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006531 */
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006532static inline void
6533ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6534{
6535 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6536}
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006537
6538/**
6539 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6540 *
6541 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6542 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006543 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6544 *
6545 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6546 * internally.
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006547 */
6548static inline void
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006549ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6550 bool force)
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006551{
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006552 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006553}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006554
6555/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006556 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6557 *
6558 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6559 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6560 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6561 * next_txq().
6562 *
6563 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6564 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6565 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6566 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6567 * again.
6568 *
6569 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13006570 * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006571 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6572 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6573 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6574 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6575 *
6576 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6577 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6578 */
6579bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6580 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6581
6582/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006583 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6584 *
6585 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6586 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6587 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6588 *
6589 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6590 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6591 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6592 */
6593void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6594 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6595 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006596
6597/**
6598 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6599 *
6600 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6601 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6602 *
6603 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6604 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6605 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6606 * @gfp: allocation flags
6607 */
6608void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6609 u8 inst_id,
6610 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6611 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006612
6613/**
6614 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6615 *
6616 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6617 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6618 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6619 *
6620 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6621 * @match: match event information
6622 * @gfp: allocation flags
6623 */
6624void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6625 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6626 gfp_t gfp);
6627
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006628/**
6629 * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX.
6630 *
6631 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6632 * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length.
6633 *
6634 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6635 * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate
6636 * information.
6637 * @len: frame length in bytes
6638 */
6639u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6640 struct ieee80211_rx_status *status,
6641 int len);
6642
6643/**
6644 * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX.
6645 *
6646 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6647 * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length.
6648 *
6649 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6650 * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
6651 * @len: frame length in bytes
6652 */
6653u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6654 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info,
6655 int len);
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01006656/**
6657 * ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap - enable hardware encapsulation offloading.
6658 *
6659 * This function is used to notify mac80211 that a vif can be passed raw 802.3
6660 * frames. The driver needs to then handle the 802.11 encapsulation inside the
6661 * hardware or firmware.
6662 *
6663 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6664 * @enable: indicate if the feature should be turned on or off
6665 */
6666bool ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool enable);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006667
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +00006668/**
6669 * ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl - Get FILS discovery template.
6670 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
6671 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6672 *
6673 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
6674 *
6675 * Return: FILS discovery template. %NULL on error.
6676 */
6677struct sk_buff *ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6678 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +00006679
6680/**
6681 * ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl - Get unsolicited broadcast
6682 * probe response template.
6683 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
6684 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6685 *
6686 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
6687 *
6688 * Return: Unsolicited broadcast probe response template. %NULL on error.
6689 */
6690struct sk_buff *
6691ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6692 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006693#endif /* MAC80211_H */